ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.113
Committed: Mon Jun 24 19:53:47 2019 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.112: +11 -8 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.110 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.11 (Pod::Simple 3.35)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.113 .TH LIBEV 3 "2019-06-24" "libev-4.25" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.111 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific aio and \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR
246     interfaces, the BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port
247     mechanisms for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR
248     interface (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249 root 1.80 inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
398     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
399     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
400     .Sp
401     .Vb 5
402     \& static void *
403     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
404     \& {
405     \& if (size)
406     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
407     \&
408     \& free (ptr);
409     \& return 0;
410     \& }
411     .Ve
412     .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
414 root 1.110 retries.
415 root 1.9 .Sp
416 root 1.110 .Vb 8
417 root 1.9 \& static void *
418 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
419 root 1.9 \& {
420 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
421     \& {
422     \& free (ptr);
423     \& return 0;
424     \& }
425     \&
426 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
427     \& {
428     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
429 root 1.60 \&
430 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
431     \& return newptr;
432 root 1.60 \&
433 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
434     \& }
435     \& }
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& ...
438     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
439     .Ve
440 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
441     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
442 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
443 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
444     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
445 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
446 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
447     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
448     (such as abort).
449 root 1.9 .Sp
450 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
451 root 1.9 .Sp
452     .Vb 6
453     \& static void
454     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
455     \& {
456     \& perror (msg);
457     \& abort ();
458     \& }
459 root 1.60 \&
460 root 1.9 \& ...
461     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
462     .Ve
463 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
464     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
465     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
466     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
467     handlers or random threads.
468     .Sp
469     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
470     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
471     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
472     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
473     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
474     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
475 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
476     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
477     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
478     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
479     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
480 root 1.73 .PP
481     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
482 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
483     do not.
484 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
485     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
486 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
487     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
488     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
489     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
490     .Sp
491     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
492     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
494     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
495     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
496 root 1.1 .Sp
497     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
498 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
499 root 1.1 .Sp
500 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
501 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
502     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
503     threads anyway).
504     .Sp
505     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
506     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
507     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
508     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
509     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
510     .Sp
511     Example: This is the most typical usage.
512     .Sp
513     .Vb 2
514     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
515     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
516     .Ve
517     .Sp
518     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
519     environment settings to be taken into account:
520     .Sp
521     .Vb 1
522     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
523     .Ve
524     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
525     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
526     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
527     could not be initialised, returns false.
528 root 1.63 .Sp
529 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
530     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
531     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
532 root 1.60 .Sp
533 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
534 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
535 root 1.1 .Sp
536 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
537 root 1.1 .RS 4
538     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
539     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
540     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
541     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
542     thing, believe me).
543     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
544     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
545     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
546 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
547 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
548     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
549     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
550 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
551     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
552     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
553     thread modifies them).
554 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
555     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
556     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
557 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
558     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
559 root 1.35 .Sp
560     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
561     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
562 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
563 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
564     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
565     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
566     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
567 root 1.35 .Sp
568     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
569 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
570     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
573 root 1.35 environment variable.
574 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
575     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
576     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
577     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
578 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
579 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
580     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
581 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
582     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
583     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
584     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
585 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
586 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
587     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
588     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
589     threads that are not interested in handling them.
590     .Sp
591     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
592     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
593     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
594 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
596     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
597     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
598 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
599 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
600     .Sp
601     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
602     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
603     unblocking the signals.
604     .Sp
605 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
606     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
607     .Sp
608 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
609 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
610     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
611 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
612 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
613 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
614     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
615 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
616 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
617 root 1.58 .Sp
618     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
619 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
620 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
621     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
622     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
623 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
624 root 1.71 .Sp
625     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
626     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
627     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
628 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
629     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
630 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
631 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
632 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
633     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
634     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
635     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
636     performance tips.
637 root 1.71 .Sp
638     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
639     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
640 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
641     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
642 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
643 root 1.110 Use the linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
644 root 1.81 kernels).
645     .Sp
646 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
647     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
648     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
649     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
650 root 1.73 .Sp
651     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
652     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
653     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
654 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
655     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
656     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
657     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
658     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
659     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
660     and is of course hard to detect.
661 root 1.73 .Sp
662 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
663     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
664     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
665     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
666     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
667     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
668     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
669     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
670     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
671     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
672 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
673     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
674 root 1.3 .Sp
675 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
676     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
677     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
678 root 1.84 .Sp
679 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
680 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
681     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
682     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
683     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
684     file descriptors.
685 root 1.58 .Sp
686     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
687 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
688     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
689     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
690 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
691     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
692     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
695     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
696     the usage. So sad.
697     .Sp
698 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
699 root 1.111 a lot of kernel revisions, but probably(!) works in current versions.
700     .Sp
701     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
702     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
703     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO"" (value 64, Linux)" 4
704     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_LINUXAIO\fR (value 64, Linux)" 4
705     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO (value 64, Linux)"
706 root 1.112 Use the linux-specific linux aio (\fInot\fR \f(CWaio(7)\fR but \f(CWio_submit(2)\fR) event interface available in post\-4.18 kernels.
707 root 1.111 .Sp
708     If this backend works for you (as of this writing, it was very
709 root 1.112 experimental), it is the best event interface available on linux and might
710     be well worth enabling it \- if it isn't available in your kernel this will
711     be detected and this backend will be skipped.
712     .Sp
713     This backend can batch oneshot requests and supports a user-space ring
714     buffer to receive events. It also doesn't suffer from most of the design
715 root 1.113 problems of epoll (such as not being able to remove event sources from the
716     epoll set), and generally sounds too good to be true. Because, this being
717     the linux kernel, of course it suffers from a whole new set of limitations.
718 root 1.111 .Sp
719     For one, it is not easily embeddable (but probably could be done using
720 root 1.112 an event fd at some extra overhead). It also is subject to a system wide
721     limit that can be configured in \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-max\-nr\fR \- each loop
722     currently requires \f(CW61\fR of this number. If no aio requests are left, this
723     backend will be skipped during initialisation.
724     .Sp
725     Most problematic in practise, however, is that not all file descriptors
726     work with it. For example, in linux 5.1, tcp sockets, pipes, event fds,
727     files, \fI/dev/null\fR and a few others are supported, but ttys do not work
728 root 1.113 properly (a known bug that the kernel developers don't care about, see
729     <https://lore.kernel.org/patchwork/patch/1047453/>), so this is not
730     (yet?) a generic event polling interface.
731 root 1.112 .Sp
732 root 1.113 Overall, it seems the linux developers just don't want it to have a
733     generic event handling mechanism other than \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR.
734     .Sp
735     To work around the fd type problem, the current version of libev uses
736 root 1.112 epoll as a fallback for file deescriptor types that do not work. Epoll
737     is used in, kind of, slow mode that hopefully avoids most of its design
738     problems and requires 1\-3 extra syscalls per active fd every iteration.
739 root 1.71 .Sp
740     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
741     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
742 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
743     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
744 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
745 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
746     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
747     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
748     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
749     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
750     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
751     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
752     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
753     system like NetBSD.
754 root 1.3 .Sp
755 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
756     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
757     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
758     .Sp
759 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
760 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
761     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
762 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
763 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
764     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
765 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
766 root 1.58 .Sp
767     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
768     .Sp
769     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
770     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
771     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
772     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
773 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
774 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
775 root 1.71 .Sp
776     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
777     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
778     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
779 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
780     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
781     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
782 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
783     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
784     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
785     immensely.
786 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
787     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
788 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
789 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
790 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
791 root 1.7 .Sp
792 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
793     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
794     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
795     might perform better.
796 root 1.60 .Sp
797 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
798     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
799     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
800     hacks).
801     .Sp
802     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
803     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
804 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
805 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
806 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
807     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
808     to re-arm the watcher.
809 root 1.85 .Sp
810     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
811 root 1.71 .Sp
812     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
813     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
814 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
815     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
816     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
817 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
818     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
819 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
820 root 1.58 .Sp
821 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
822     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
823     at all.
824     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
825     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
826     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
827     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
828     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
829     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
830 root 1.1 .RE
831     .RS 4
832 root 1.3 .Sp
833 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
834     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
835     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
836     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
837 root 1.8 .Sp
838 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
839 root 1.8 .Sp
840 root 1.82 .Vb 3
841     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
842     \& if (!epoller)
843     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
844 root 1.8 .Ve
845     .Sp
846 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
847 root 1.82 used if available.
848 root 1.8 .Sp
849     .Vb 1
850 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
851 root 1.8 .Ve
852 root 1.111 .Sp
853     Example: Similarly, on linux, you mgiht want to take advantage of the
854     linux aio backend if possible, but fall back to something else if that
855     isn't available.
856     .Sp
857     .Vb 1
858     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO);
859     .Ve
860 root 1.1 .RE
861 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
862     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
863     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
864 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
865     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
866 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
867 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
868 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
869 root 1.12 for example).
870 root 1.52 .Sp
871 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
872     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
873     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
874 root 1.52 .Sp
875 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
876     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
877     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
878     .Sp
879     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
880 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
881 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
882     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
883     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
884     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
885 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
886     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
887     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
888     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
889     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
890     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
891 root 1.82 .Sp
892 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
893     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
894     .Sp
895 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
896 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
897     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
898     during fork.
899 root 1.60 .Sp
900     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
901 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
902     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
903     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
904     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
905     costly reset of the backend).
906 root 1.1 .Sp
907     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
908 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
909     .Sp
910     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
911     using pthreads.
912 root 1.1 .Sp
913 root 1.82 .Vb 5
914     \& static void
915     \& post_fork_child (void)
916     \& {
917     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
918     \& }
919     \&
920     \& ...
921     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
922 root 1.1 .Ve
923 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
924     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
925 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
926     otherwise.
927 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
928     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
929     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
930     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
931     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
932 root 1.37 .Sp
933     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
934     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
935 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
936     prepare and check phases.
937     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
938     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
939     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
940 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
941 root 1.79 .Sp
942 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
943     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
944 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
945     .Sp
946 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
947     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
948     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
949     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
950 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
951     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
952     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
953 root 1.1 use.
954     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
955     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
956     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
957 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
958     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
959     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
960 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
961 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
962     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
963     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
964     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
965 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
966 root 1.71 .Sp
967     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
968     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
969     the current time is a good idea.
970     .Sp
971     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
972 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
973     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
974     .PD 0
975     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
976     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
977     .PD
978 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
979     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
980 root 1.78 .Sp
981     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
982     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
983     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
984     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
985     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
986     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
987     .Sp
988     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
989     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
990     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
991 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
992 root 1.78 .Sp
993     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
994     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
995     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
996     .Sp
997     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
998     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
999 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
1000     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
1001 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
1002 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
1003 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
1004 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
1005 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
1006 root 1.1 .Sp
1007 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
1008     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
1009     called.
1010 root 1.1 .Sp
1011 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
1012     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
1013     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
1014     .Sp
1015 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
1016 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
1017 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
1018     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
1019     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
1020     beauty.
1021 root 1.9 .Sp
1022 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
1023     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
1024 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
1025     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
1026     .Sp
1027 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
1028     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
1029     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
1030     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
1031     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
1032 root 1.1 .Sp
1033 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
1034 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
1035     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
1036 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
1037 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
1038     iteration of the loop.
1039     .Sp
1040     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
1041     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
1042 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
1043 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
1044     .Sp
1045 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
1046     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1047     future versions):
1048 root 1.8 .Sp
1049 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1050 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1051     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1052 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1053 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1054     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1055 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1056 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1057 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1058 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1059     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1060 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1061 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1062 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1063 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1064 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1065     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1066 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1067 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1068     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1069 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1070     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1071     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1072 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1073 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1074     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1075 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1076     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1077 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1078     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1079     \& continue with step LOOP.
1080     \& FINISH:
1081     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1082     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1083     \& \- Return.
1084 root 1.2 .Ve
1085 root 1.9 .Sp
1086 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1087 root 1.9 anymore.
1088     .Sp
1089     .Vb 4
1090     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1091     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1092 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1093 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1094 root 1.9 .Ve
1095 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1096     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1097     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1098 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1099 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1100     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1101 root 1.60 .Sp
1102 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1103 root 1.72 .Sp
1104 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1105     which case it will have no effect.
1106 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1107     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1108     .PD 0
1109     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1110     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1111     .PD
1112     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1113     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1114 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1115 root 1.71 .Sp
1116 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1117 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1118 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1119     before stopping it.
1120 root 1.71 .Sp
1121 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1122 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1123 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1124     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1125     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1126     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1127     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1128     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1129     in the callback).
1130 root 1.9 .Sp
1131 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1132 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1133     .Sp
1134     .Vb 4
1135 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1136 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1137     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1138 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1139 root 1.9 .Ve
1140     .Sp
1141 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1142 root 1.9 .Sp
1143     .Vb 2
1144 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1145     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1146 root 1.9 .Ve
1147 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1148     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1149 root 1.56 .PD 0
1150 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1151     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1152 root 1.56 .PD
1153     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1154 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1155     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1156     latency.
1157 root 1.56 .Sp
1158     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1159 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1160     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1161     opportunities).
1162     .Sp
1163     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1164     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1165     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1166 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1167     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1168     .Sp
1169     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1170     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1171     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1172 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1173 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1174     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1175 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1176     good enough).
1177 root 1.56 .Sp
1178     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1179     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1180 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1181     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1182     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1183 root 1.56 .Sp
1184 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1185 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1186     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1187     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1188 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1189     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1190     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1191     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1192 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1193 root 1.71 .Sp
1194     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1195     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1196     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1197     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1198     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1199     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1200 root 1.79 .Sp
1201     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1202     more often than 100 times per second:
1203     .Sp
1204     .Vb 2
1205     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1206     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1207     .Ve
1208     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1209     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1210     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1211 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1212     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1213     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1214     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1215     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1216     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1217 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1218     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1219     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1220     are pending.
1221     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1222     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1223     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1224 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1225 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1226     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1227     .Sp
1228     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1229     callback.
1230 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1231     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1232 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1233     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1234     each call to a libev function.
1235     .Sp
1236 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1237     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1238 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1239 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1240 root 1.79 .Sp
1241     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1242     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1243     afterwards.
1244     .Sp
1245     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1246     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1247     .Sp
1248     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1249     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1250     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1251     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1252 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1253 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1254     .Sp
1255 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1256 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1257     .Sp
1258     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1259     document.
1260     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1261     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1262     .PD 0
1263 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1264     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1265 root 1.79 .PD
1266     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1267     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1268 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1269 root 1.79 .Sp
1270     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1271     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1272     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1273     any other purpose as well.
1274 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1275     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1276 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1277 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1278 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1279     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1280     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1281 root 1.67 .Sp
1282     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1283     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1284     data structures consistent.
1285 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1286     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1287 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1288     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1289     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1290     .PP
1291 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1292     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1293     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1294     for that:
1295 root 1.1 .PP
1296     .Vb 5
1297 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1298 root 1.68 \& {
1299     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1300 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1301 root 1.68 \& }
1302     \&
1303     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1304 root 1.73 \&
1305     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1306     \&
1307 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1308     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1309     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1310 root 1.73 \&
1311 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1312 root 1.1 .Ve
1313     .PP
1314     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1315 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1316     stack).
1317     .PP
1318     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1319     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1320 root 1.1 .PP
1321 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1322     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1323     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1324     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1325     and/or writable).
1326 root 1.1 .PP
1327 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1328     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1329     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1330 root 1.1 .PP
1331     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1332 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1333 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1334 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1335 root 1.1 .PP
1336     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1337     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1338 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1339 root 1.1 .PP
1340     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1341     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1342     third argument.
1343     .PP
1344     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1345     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1346     are:
1347     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1348     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1349     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1350     .PD 0
1351     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1352     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1353     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1354     .PD
1355     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1356     writable.
1357 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1358     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1359     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1360 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1361     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1362     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1363     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1364     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1365     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1366     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1367     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1368     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1369     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1370     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1371     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1372     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1373 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1374     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1375     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1376     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1377 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1378     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1379     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1380     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1381     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1382     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1383     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1384     .PD 0
1385     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1386     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1387     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1388     .PD
1389 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1390     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1391     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1392     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1393     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1394     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1395     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1396     .Sp
1397     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1398     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1399     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1400     blocking).
1401 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1402     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1403     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1404     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1405     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1406     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1407     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1408     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1409     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1410 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1411     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1412     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1413     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1414 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1415     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1416     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1417     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1418 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1419     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1420     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1421     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1422     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1423 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1424     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1425     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1426 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1427 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1428     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1429 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1430     .Sp
1431     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1432     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1433     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1434     bug in your program.
1435 root 1.1 .Sp
1436 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1437     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1438     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1439 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1440 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1441     thing, so beware.
1442 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1443 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1444 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1445     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1446     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1447     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1448     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1449     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1450     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1451     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1452     which rolls both calls into one.
1453     .Sp
1454     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1455     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1456     .Sp
1457 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1458 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1459 root 1.71 .Sp
1460     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1461     .Sp
1462     .Vb 3
1463     \& ev_io w;
1464     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1465     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1466     .Ve
1467 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1468     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1469     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1470 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1471     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1472     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1473     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1474     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1475     .Sp
1476     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1477     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1478 root 1.71 .Sp
1479     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1480 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1481     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1482     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1483 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1484     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1485 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1486 root 1.71 .Sp
1487     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1488     .Sp
1489     .Vb 1
1490     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1491     .Ve
1492 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1493     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1494     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1495 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1496     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1497 root 1.71 .Sp
1498     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1499     whole section.
1500     .Sp
1501     .Vb 1
1502     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1503     .Ve
1504 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1505     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1506     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1507 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1508     the watcher was active or not).
1509     .Sp
1510     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1511     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1512     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1513     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1514     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1515 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1516     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1517     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1518     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1519     it.
1520     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1521     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1522     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1523     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1524     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1525 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1526     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1527     it).
1528 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1529     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1530 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1531 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1532     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1533 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1534     (modulo threads).
1535 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1536     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1537 root 1.37 .PD 0
1538     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1539     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1540     .PD
1541     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1542     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1543     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1544     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1545     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1546     .Sp
1547     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1548     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1549     .Sp
1550 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1551     pending.
1552     .Sp
1553 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1554     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1555     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1556     .Sp
1557 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1558     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1559     .Sp
1560 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1561 root 1.78 priorities.
1562 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1563     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1564     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1565     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1566 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1567     callback.
1568 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1569     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1570 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1571     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1572 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1573 root 1.71 .Sp
1574     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1575     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1576 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1577     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1578     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1579     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1580     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1581     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1582     .Sp
1583     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1584     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1585     not started in the first place.
1586     .Sp
1587     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1588     functions that do not need a watcher.
1589 root 1.1 .PP
1590 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1591     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1592     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1593 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1594     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1595     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1596     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1597     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1598 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1599     .IX Item "initialised"
1600 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1601 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1602     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1603     .Sp
1604 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1605     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1606     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1607     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1608 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1609     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1610     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1611     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1612     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1613     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1614     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1615     .IP "pending" 4
1616     .IX Item "pending"
1617     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1618     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1619     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1620     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1621     callback.
1622     .Sp
1623     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1624     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1625     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1626     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1627     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1628     previous item still apply.
1629     .Sp
1630     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1631     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1632     active.
1633     .IP "stopped" 4
1634     .IX Item "stopped"
1635     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1636     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1637     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1638     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1639     freeing it is often a good idea.
1640     .Sp
1641     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1642 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1643     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1644     it again).
1645 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1646 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1647     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1648     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1649     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1650     .PP
1651     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1652     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1653     range.
1654     .PP
1655     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1656     by event loops:
1657     .PP
1658     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1659     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1660     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1661     .PP
1662     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1663     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1664     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1665     before polling for new events.
1666     .PP
1667     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1668     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1669     .PP
1670     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1671     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1672     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1673     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1674     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1675     priority ones.
1676     .PP
1677     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1678     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1679     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1680     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1681     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1682     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1683     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1684     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1685     always, what you want).
1686     .PP
1687     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1688     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1689     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1690     required.
1691     .PP
1692     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1693     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1694     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1695     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1696 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1697 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1698     workable.
1699     .PP
1700     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1701     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1702     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1703     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1704     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1705     .PP
1706     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1707     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1708     other events are pending:
1709     .PP
1710     .Vb 2
1711     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1712     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1713     \&
1714     \& static void
1715     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1716     \& {
1717     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1718     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1719     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1720     \&
1721 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1722 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1723     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1724     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1725     \& }
1726     \&
1727     \& static void
1728 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1729 root 1.78 \& {
1730     \& // actual processing
1731     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1732     \&
1733     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1734     \& // we have handled the event
1735     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1736     \& }
1737     \&
1738     \& // initialisation
1739     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1740     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1741     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1742     .Ve
1743     .PP
1744     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1745     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1746     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1747     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1748     important ones.
1749 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1750     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1751     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1752 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1753     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1754     .PP
1755     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1756     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1757     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1758     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1759     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1760     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1761     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1762     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1763 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1764     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1765 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1766 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1767 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1768     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1769     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1770     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1771     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1772     receive future events.
1773 root 1.1 .PP
1774     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1775     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1776     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1777     required if you know what you are doing).
1778     .PP
1779 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1780 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1781 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1782 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1783     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1784     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1785     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1786 root 1.17 .PP
1787 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1788     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1789     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1790 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1791     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1792 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1793     indefinitely.
1794     .PP
1795     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1796 root 1.49 .PP
1797     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1798     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1799     .PP
1800 root 1.111 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll, linuxaio) need to be told about closing
1801     a file descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other
1802     means, such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some
1803     file descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently
1804     drop this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then
1805     is registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is,
1806     in fact, a different file descriptor.
1807 root 1.49 .PP
1808     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1809     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1810     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1811     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1812     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1813     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1814     .PP
1815     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1816     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1817     optimisations to libev.
1818 root 1.50 .PP
1819 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1820     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1821 root 1.54 .PP
1822     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1823 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1824     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1825     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1826 root 1.54 .PP
1827 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1828     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1829 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1830     .PP
1831 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1832     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1833     .PP
1834     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1835     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1836     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1837     .PP
1838     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1839     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1840     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1841     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1842     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1843     .PP
1844     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1845     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1846     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1847     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1848     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1849     .PP
1850     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1851     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1852     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1853 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1854 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1855     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1856     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1857     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1858     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1859     .PP
1860     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1861 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1862 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1863     reuse the same code path.
1864     .PP
1865 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1866     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1867     .PP
1868 root 1.111 Some backends (epoll, kqueue, probably linuxaio) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR
1869     at all or exhibit useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs
1870     to be told about it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the
1871     child.
1872 root 1.54 .PP
1873 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1874     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1875     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1876 root 1.54 .PP
1877 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1878     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1879     .PP
1880 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1881     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1882 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1883 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1884 root 1.63 .PP
1885     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1886 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1887 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1888     .PP
1889 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1890 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1891     .PP
1892 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1893 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1894     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1895     .PP
1896     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1897     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1898     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1899     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1900     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1901     .PP
1902     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1903     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1904     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1905     cope with overload is known (to me).
1906     .PP
1907     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1908     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1909     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1910     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1911     .PP
1912     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1913     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1914     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1915     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1916     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1917     usage.
1918     .PP
1919     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1920     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1921     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1922     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1923     clients under typical overload conditions.
1924     .PP
1925     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1926     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1927     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1928     .PP
1929 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1930     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1931 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1932     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1933     .PD 0
1934     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1935     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1936     .PD
1937 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1938 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1939     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1940 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1941     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1942     The file descriptor being watched.
1943     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1944     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1945     The events being watched.
1946 root 1.9 .PP
1947 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1948     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1949     .PP
1950 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1951 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1952 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1953 root 1.9 .PP
1954     .Vb 6
1955 root 1.68 \& static void
1956 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1957 root 1.68 \& {
1958     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1959 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1960 root 1.68 \& }
1961     \&
1962     \& ...
1963     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1964 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1965 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1966     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1967 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1968 root 1.9 .Ve
1969 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1970     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1971 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1972 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1973     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1974     .PP
1975     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1976 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1977 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1978 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1979 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1980     .PP
1981 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1982 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1983 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1984     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1985     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1986     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1987     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1988 root 1.71 .PP
1989 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1990     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1991     .PP
1992     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1993     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1994     you want to raise some error after a while.
1995     .PP
1996     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1997     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1998     .PP
1999     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
2000     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
2001     data or other life sign was received).
2002     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
2003     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
2004     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
2005     start the watcher:
2006     .Sp
2007     .Vb 2
2008     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
2009     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2010     .Ve
2011     .Sp
2012     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
2013     and start it again:
2014     .Sp
2015     .Vb 3
2016     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
2017     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
2018     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2019     .Ve
2020     .Sp
2021     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
2022     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
2023     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
2024     still not a constant-time operation.
2025     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
2026     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
2027     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
2028     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
2029     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2030     .Sp
2031     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
2032     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
2033     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
2034     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
2035     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
2036     .Sp
2037     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
2038     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2039     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
2040     .Sp
2041     At start:
2042     .Sp
2043     .Vb 3
2044 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2045 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
2046     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2047     .Ve
2048     .Sp
2049     Each time there is some activity:
2050     .Sp
2051     .Vb 1
2052     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2053     .Ve
2054     .Sp
2055     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2056     whether the watcher is active or not:
2057     .Sp
2058     .Vb 2
2059     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2060     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2061     .Ve
2062     .Sp
2063     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2064     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2065     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2066     .Sp
2067     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2068     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2069     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2070     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2071     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2072     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2073     associated activity resets.
2074     .Sp
2075     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2076     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2077     within the callback:
2078     .Sp
2079 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2080     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2081 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2082 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2083 root 1.73 \&
2084     \& static void
2085     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2086     \& {
2087 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2088     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2089 root 1.73 \&
2090 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2091 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2092 root 1.73 \& {
2093 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2094 root 1.73 \& }
2095     \& else
2096     \& {
2097 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2098     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2099     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2100     \& // the timeout can occur.
2101     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2102     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2103 root 1.73 \& }
2104     \& }
2105     .Ve
2106     .Sp
2107 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2108     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2109     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2110     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2111     .Sp
2112     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2113     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2114     .Sp
2115     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2116     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2117     .Sp
2118     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2119 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2120 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2121 root 1.73 .Sp
2122     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2123     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2124     libev to change the timeout.
2125     .Sp
2126 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2127     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2128     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2129     the timer:
2130 root 1.73 .Sp
2131     .Vb 3
2132 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2133     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2134     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2135 root 1.73 .Ve
2136     .Sp
2137 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2138 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2139     .Sp
2140 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2141     \& if (activity detected)
2142     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2143     .Ve
2144     .Sp
2145     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2146     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2147 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2148 root 1.88 .Sp
2149     .Vb 3
2150     \& timeout = new_value;
2151     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2152     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2153 root 1.73 .Ve
2154     .Sp
2155     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2156     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2157     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2158     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2159     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2160     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2161     do even better:
2162     .Sp
2163     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2164     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2165     .Sp
2166     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2167     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2168     .Sp
2169     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2170     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2171     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2172     .Sp
2173     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2174     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2175     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2176     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2177     .PP
2178     So which method the best?
2179     .PP
2180     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2181     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2182     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2183     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2184     .PP
2185     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2186     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2187     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2188     overkill :)
2189     .PP
2190 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2191     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2192     .PP
2193     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2194     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2195     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2196     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2197     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2198     .PP
2199     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2200     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2201     .PP
2202     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2203     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2204     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2205     expect.
2206     .PP
2207     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2208     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2209     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2210     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2211     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2212     .PP
2213     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2214     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2215     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2216     intentions.
2217     .PP
2218     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2219     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2220     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2221     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2222     .PP
2223     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2224     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2225     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2226     late\*(R" side of things.
2227     .PP
2228 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2229     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2230     .PP
2231 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2232     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2233 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2234 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2235     lots of events in one iteration.
2236     .PP
2237 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2238     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2239 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2240 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2241 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2242     for it:
2243 root 1.1 .PP
2244     .Vb 1
2245 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2246 root 1.1 .Ve
2247 root 1.2 .PP
2248 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2249     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2250 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2251     further into the future.
2252 root 1.50 .PP
2253 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2254     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2255     .PP
2256     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2257     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2258     jumps).
2259     .PP
2260     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2261     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2262     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2263     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2264     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2265     .PP
2266     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2267     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2268     a second or so.
2269     .PP
2270     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2271     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2272     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2273     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2274     .PP
2275     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2276     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2277     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2278     .PP
2279     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2280     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2281     exactly the right behaviour.
2282     .PP
2283     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2284     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2285     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2286     .PP
2287 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2288     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2289     .PP
2290     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2291     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2292     .PP
2293     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2294     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2295     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2296     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2297     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2298     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2299     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2300     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2301     be adjusted accordingly.
2302     .PP
2303     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2304     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2305     .PP
2306     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2307     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2308     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2309     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2310     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2311     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2312     .PP
2313     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2314     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2315     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2316     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2317     .PP
2318 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2319     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2320 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2321     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2322     .PD 0
2323     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2324     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2325     .PD
2326 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2327     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2328     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2329     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2330     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2331 root 1.67 .Sp
2332     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2333     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2334     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2335     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2336     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2337 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2338     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2339 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2340     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2341     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2342 root 1.1 .Sp
2343 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2344     applied to the watcher:
2345     .RS 4
2346     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2347     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2348     .PD 0
2349     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2350     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2351     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2352     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2353     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2354     .RE
2355     .RS 4
2356     .PD
2357 root 1.1 .Sp
2358 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2359     usage example.
2360 root 1.88 .RE
2361 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2362     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2363 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2364     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2365     the timeout value currently configured.
2366     .Sp
2367     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2368 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2369 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2370     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2371     too), and so on.
2372 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2373     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2374     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2375 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2376 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2377 root 1.9 .PP
2378 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2379     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2380     .PP
2381 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2382 root 1.9 .PP
2383     .Vb 5
2384 root 1.68 \& static void
2385 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2386 root 1.68 \& {
2387     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2388     \& }
2389     \&
2390 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2391 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2392     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2393 root 1.9 .Ve
2394     .PP
2395 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2396 root 1.9 inactivity.
2397     .PP
2398     .Vb 5
2399 root 1.68 \& static void
2400 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2401 root 1.68 \& {
2402     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2403     \& }
2404     \&
2405 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2406 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2407     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2408 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2409 root 1.68 \&
2410     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2411     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2412     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2413 root 1.9 .Ve
2414 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2415     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2416 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2417 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2418     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2419     .PP
2420 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2421     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2422 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2423 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2424     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2425     wrist-watch).
2426     .PP
2427     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2428     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2429     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2430     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2431     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2432     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2433     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2434     .PP
2435     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2436     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2437 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2438     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2439 root 1.2 .PP
2440 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2441 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2442     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2443     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2444 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2445 root 1.50 .PP
2446     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2447     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2448 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2449     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2450 root 1.1 .PD 0
2451 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2452     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2453 root 1.1 .PD
2454 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2455 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2456 root 1.1 .RS 4
2457 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2458 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2459 root 1.60 .Sp
2460 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2461 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2462     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2463     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2464     this point in time.
2465 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2466 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2467 root 1.60 .Sp
2468 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2469 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2470     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2471     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2472 root 1.1 .Sp
2473 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2474 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2475     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2476 root 1.1 .Sp
2477     .Vb 1
2478     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2479     .Ve
2480     .Sp
2481     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2482 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2483 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2484     by 3600.
2485     .Sp
2486     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2487     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2488 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2489 root 1.46 .Sp
2490 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2491     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2492     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2493     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2494     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2495     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2496 root 1.67 .Sp
2497 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2498 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2499 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2500 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2501 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2502 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2503 root 1.60 .Sp
2504 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2505 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2506     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2507     current time as second argument.
2508     .Sp
2509 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2510 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2511     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2512 root 1.67 .Sp
2513     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2514     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2515     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2516 root 1.1 .Sp
2517 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2518 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2519 root 1.1 .Sp
2520 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2521     \& static ev_tstamp
2522     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2523 root 1.1 \& {
2524     \& return now + 60.;
2525     \& }
2526     .Ve
2527     .Sp
2528     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2529     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2530     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2531     might be called at other times, too.
2532     .Sp
2533 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2534 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2535 root 1.1 .Sp
2536     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2537 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2538     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2539     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2540     do this:
2541     .Sp
2542     .Vb 1
2543     \& #include <time.h>
2544     \&
2545     \& static ev_tstamp
2546     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2547     \& {
2548     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2549     \& struct tm tm;
2550     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2551     \&
2552     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2553     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2554     \&
2555     \& return mktime (&tm);
2556     \& }
2557     .Ve
2558     .Sp
2559     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2560     midnights (beginning and end).
2561 root 1.1 .RE
2562     .RS 4
2563     .RE
2564     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2565     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2566     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2567     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2568     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2569     program when the crontabs have changed).
2570 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2571     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2572 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2573     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2574     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2575     rescheduling modes.
2576 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2577     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2578     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2579 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2580     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2581 root 1.46 .Sp
2582     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2583     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2584 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2585     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2586     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2587     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2588     called.
2589 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2590     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2591 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2592     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2593     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2594 root 1.9 .PP
2595 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2596     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2597     .PP
2598 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2599 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2600 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2601 root 1.9 .PP
2602     .Vb 5
2603 root 1.68 \& static void
2604 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2605 root 1.68 \& {
2606     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2607     \& }
2608     \&
2609 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2610 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2611     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2612 root 1.9 .Ve
2613     .PP
2614 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2615 root 1.9 .PP
2616     .Vb 1
2617 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2618 root 1.60 \&
2619 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2620 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2621 root 1.68 \& {
2622 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2623 root 1.68 \& }
2624 root 1.60 \&
2625 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2626 root 1.9 .Ve
2627     .PP
2628 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2629 root 1.9 .PP
2630     .Vb 4
2631 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2632 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2633     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2634     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2635 root 1.9 .Ve
2636 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2637     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2638 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2639 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2640     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2641 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2642 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2643     .PP
2644 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2645     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2646     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2647     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2648     .PP
2649     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2650     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2651     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2652     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2653     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2654 root 1.71 .PP
2655 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2656     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2657     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2658 root 1.80 .PP
2659 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2660 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2661     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2662     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2663     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2664 root 1.61 .PP
2665 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2666     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2667     .PP
2668     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2669     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2670     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2671 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2672     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2673 root 1.81 .PP
2674     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2675     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2676     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2677     certain signals to be blocked.
2678     .PP
2679     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2680     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2681     choice usually).
2682     .PP
2683     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2684     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2685     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2686     .PP
2687     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2688 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2689 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2690     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2691     .PP
2692     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2693     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2694     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2695     .PP
2696 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2697     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2698     .PP
2699     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2700     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2701     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2702     .PP
2703     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2704     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2705     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2706     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2707     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2708     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2709     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2710     .PP
2711 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2712     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2713 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2714     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2715     .PD 0
2716     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2717     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2718     .PD
2719     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2720     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2721 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2722     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2723     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2724 root 1.61 .PP
2725     \fIExamples\fR
2726     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2727     .PP
2728 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2729 root 1.61 .PP
2730     .Vb 5
2731 root 1.68 \& static void
2732 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2733 root 1.68 \& {
2734 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2735 root 1.68 \& }
2736     \&
2737 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2738 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2739 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2740 root 1.61 .Ve
2741 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2742     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2743 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2744 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2745 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2746     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2747     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2748     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2749     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2750 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2751     in the next callback invocation is not.
2752 root 1.61 .PP
2753     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2754 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2755 root 1.61 .PP
2756 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2757     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2758     libev)
2759     .PP
2760 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2761     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2762     .PP
2763     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2764 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2765     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2766 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2767     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2768     children, even ones not watched.
2769     .PP
2770     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2771     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2772     .PP
2773     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2774     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2775     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2776     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2777     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2778     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2779     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2780 root 1.50 .PP
2781 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2782     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2783     .PP
2784     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2785     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2786     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2787 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2788     problem).
2789 root 1.71 .PP
2790 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2791     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2792 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2793     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2794 root 1.1 .PD 0
2795 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2796     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2797 root 1.1 .PD
2798     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2799     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2800     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2801     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2802     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2803 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2804     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2805     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2806 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2807     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2808     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2809     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2810     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2811     The process id that detected a status change.
2812     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2813     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2814     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2815     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2816 root 1.9 .PP
2817 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2818     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2819     .PP
2820 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2821     its completion.
2822 root 1.9 .PP
2823 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2824 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2825 root 1.61 \&
2826 root 1.68 \& static void
2827 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2828 root 1.68 \& {
2829     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2830     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2831     \& }
2832     \&
2833     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2834     \&
2835     \& if (pid < 0)
2836     \& // error
2837     \& else if (pid == 0)
2838     \& {
2839     \& // the forked child executes here
2840     \& exit (1);
2841     \& }
2842     \& else
2843     \& {
2844     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2845     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2846     \& }
2847 root 1.9 .Ve
2848 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2849     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2850 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2851 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2852 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2853 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2854     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2855     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2856 root 1.22 .PP
2857     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2858 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2859     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2860     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2861     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2862     contents.
2863 root 1.22 .PP
2864 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2865     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2866     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2867     .PP
2868     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2869     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2870     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2871     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2872     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2873     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2874     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2875     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2876 root 1.22 .PP
2877     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2878     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2879 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2880 root 1.22 .PP
2881 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2882 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2883     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2884     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2885 root 1.50 .PP
2886 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2887     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2888     .PP
2889     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2890 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2891     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2892 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2893     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2894     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2895 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2896 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2897 root 1.69 .PP
2898     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2899     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2900     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2901     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2902     default compilation environment.
2903 root 1.63 .PP
2904 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2905     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2906 root 1.59 .PP
2907 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2908     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2909     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2910     watcher is being started.
2911 root 1.59 .PP
2912 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2913 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2914 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2915 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2916 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2917     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2918     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2919     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2920 root 1.59 .PP
2921 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2922 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2923 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2924     etc. is difficult.
2925 root 1.59 .PP
2926 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2927     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2928     .PP
2929     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2930     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2931     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2932     .PP
2933     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2934     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2935 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2936 root 1.74 watcher).
2937     .PP
2938     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2939     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2940     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2941     .PP
2942     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2943     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2944     .PP
2945 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2946     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2947     .PP
2948 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2949     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2950     still only support whole seconds.
2951 root 1.59 .PP
2952 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2953     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2954     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2955 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2956     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2957 root 1.65 .PP
2958     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2959 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2960 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2961     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2962     .PP
2963     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2964     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2965     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2966     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2967     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2968     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2969     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2970     the timer callback).
2971 root 1.59 .PP
2972 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2973     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2974 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2975     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2976     .PD 0
2977     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2978     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2979     .PD
2980     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2981     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2982     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2983     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2984     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2985     .Sp
2986 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2987     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2988     last change was detected).
2989 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2990     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2991 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2992 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2993     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2994     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2995     new values.
2996 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2997     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2998 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2999 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
3000 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
3001     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
3002     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
3003 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
3004     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
3005     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
3006 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
3007     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
3008     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
3009 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
3010     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
3011     The specified interval.
3012     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
3013     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
3014 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
3015 root 1.22 .PP
3016 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
3017     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3018     .PP
3019 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
3020     .PP
3021 root 1.60 .Vb 10
3022 root 1.68 \& static void
3023     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
3024     \& {
3025     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
3026     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
3027     \& {
3028     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
3029     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3030     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3031     \& }
3032     \& else
3033     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
3034     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
3035     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
3036     \& }
3037 root 1.60 \&
3038 root 1.68 \& ...
3039     \& ev_stat passwd;
3040 root 1.60 \&
3041 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3042     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3043 root 1.22 .Ve
3044 root 1.59 .PP
3045     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
3046     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
3047     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3048     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3049     .PP
3050     .Vb 2
3051 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3052     \& static ev_timer timer;
3053 root 1.60 \&
3054 root 1.68 \& static void
3055     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3056     \& {
3057     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3058     \&
3059     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3060     \& }
3061     \&
3062     \& static void
3063     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3064     \& {
3065     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3066     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3067     \& }
3068     \&
3069     \& ...
3070     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3071     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3072     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3073 root 1.59 .Ve
3074 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3075     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3076 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3077 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3078 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3079     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3080 root 1.37 .PP
3081     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3082     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3083     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3084     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3085     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3086     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3087 root 1.1 .PP
3088     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3089     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3090     .PP
3091     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3092     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3093 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3094 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3095 root 1.50 .PP
3096 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3097     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3098     .PP
3099     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3100     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3101     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3102     lowest priority will do.
3103     .PP
3104     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3105     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3106     between different connections.
3107     .PP
3108     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3109     example.
3110     .PP
3111 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3112     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3113 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3114     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3115 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3116     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3117     believe me.
3118 root 1.9 .PP
3119 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3120     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3121     .PP
3122 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3123     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3124 root 1.9 .PP
3125 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3126 root 1.68 \& static void
3127 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3128 root 1.68 \& {
3129 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3130     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3131     \&
3132     \& // now we can free it
3133 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3134 root 1.93 \&
3135 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3136     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3137     \& }
3138     \&
3139 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3140 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3141 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3142 root 1.9 .Ve
3143 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3144     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3145 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3146 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3147 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3148     afterwards.
3149     .PP
3150 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3151     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3152     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3153     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3154     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3155     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3156     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3157 root 1.20 .PP
3158 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3159 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3160 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3161 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3162     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3163     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3164     watcher).
3165 root 1.1 .PP
3166 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3167     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3168     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3169     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3170     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3171     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3172     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3173     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3174 root 1.1 .PP
3175     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3176     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3177     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3178     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3179     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3180     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3181     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3182     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3183 root 1.45 .PP
3184 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3185     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3186     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3187     watchers).
3188 root 1.71 .PP
3189     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3190     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3191     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3192     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3193     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3194     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3195     others).
3196 root 1.50 .PP
3197 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3198     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3199     .PP
3200     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3201     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3202     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3203     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3204     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3205     connections have a chance of making progress.
3206     .PP
3207     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3208     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3209     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3210     .PP
3211     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3212     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3213     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3214     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3215     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3216     .PP
3217 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3218     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3219 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3220     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3221     .PD 0
3222     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3223     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3224     .PD
3225     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3226     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3227 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3228     pointless.
3229 root 1.9 .PP
3230 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3231     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3232     .PP
3233 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3234     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3235     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3236 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3237     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3238     Glib event loop).
3239 root 1.44 .PP
3240     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3241     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3242     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3243     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3244     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3245 root 1.20 .PP
3246     .Vb 2
3247 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3248     \& static ev_timer tw;
3249     \&
3250     \& static void
3251 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3252 root 1.68 \& {
3253     \& }
3254     \&
3255     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3256     \& static void
3257 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3258 root 1.68 \& {
3259     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3260     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3261     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3262     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3263     \&
3264     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3265 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3266 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3267 root 1.60 \&
3268 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3269     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3270     \& {
3271     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3272     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3273     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3274     \&
3275     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3276     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3277     \& }
3278     \& }
3279     \&
3280     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3281     \& static void
3282 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3283 root 1.68 \& {
3284     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3285     \&
3286     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3287     \& {
3288     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3289     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3290     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3291     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3292     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3293     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3294 root 1.60 \&
3295 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3296     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3297     \& }
3298     \&
3299     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3300     \& }
3301 root 1.20 .Ve
3302 root 1.44 .PP
3303     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3304     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3305     .PP
3306     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3307 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3308 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3309     .PP
3310     .Vb 5
3311 root 1.68 \& static void
3312     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3313     \& {
3314     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3315     \& update_now (EV_A);
3316     \&
3317     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3318     \& }
3319     \&
3320     \& static void
3321     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3322     \& {
3323     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3324     \& update_now (EV_A);
3325 root 1.60 \&
3326 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3327     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3328     \& }
3329     \&
3330     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3331 root 1.44 .Ve
3332     .PP
3333     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3334 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3335     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3336 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3337 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3338     libglib event loop.
3339 root 1.44 .PP
3340     .Vb 4
3341 root 1.68 \& static gint
3342     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3343     \& {
3344     \& int got_events = 0;
3345     \&
3346     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3347     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3348     \&
3349     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3350     \& // create/start timer
3351     \&
3352     \& // poll
3353 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3354 root 1.68 \&
3355     \& // stop timer again
3356     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3357     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3358 root 1.60 \&
3359 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3360     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3361     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3362     \&
3363     \& return got_events;
3364     \& }
3365 root 1.44 .Ve
3366 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3367     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3368 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3369 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3370 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3371     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3372 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3373 root 1.10 .PP
3374     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3375     prioritise I/O.
3376     .PP
3377     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3378     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3379     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3380 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3381     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3382     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3383     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3384     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3385     .PP
3386     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3387     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3388     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3389     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3390     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3391 root 1.10 .PP
3392 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3393     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3394     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3395     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3396     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3397     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3398     .PP
3399     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3400     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3401     .PP
3402     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3403     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3404     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3405     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3406 root 1.10 .PP
3407 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3408 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3409     portable one.
3410     .PP
3411     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3412     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3413     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3414 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3415 root 1.50 .PP
3416 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3417     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3418     .PP
3419     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3420     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3421     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3422     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3423     as applicable.
3424     .PP
3425 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3426     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3427 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3428     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3429 root 1.10 .PD 0
3430 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3431     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3432 root 1.10 .PD
3433 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3434     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3435     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3436     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3437 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3438 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3439     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3440     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3441 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3442 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3443 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3444     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3445 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3446 root 1.60 .PP
3447     \fIExamples\fR
3448     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3449     .PP
3450     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3451     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3452 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3453     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3454 root 1.60 used).
3455     .PP
3456     .Vb 3
3457 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3458     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3459 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3460 root 1.102 \&
3461 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3462     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3463     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3464     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3465     \& : 0;
3466     \&
3467     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3468     \& if (loop_lo)
3469     \& {
3470     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3471     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3472     \& }
3473     \& else
3474     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3475 root 1.60 .Ve
3476     .PP
3477     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3478     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3479     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3480     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3481     .PP
3482     .Vb 3
3483 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3484     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3485 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3486 root 1.102 \&
3487 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3488     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3489     \& {
3490     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3491     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3492     \& }
3493 root 1.60 \&
3494 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3495     \& loop_socket = loop;
3496 root 1.60 \&
3497 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3498 root 1.60 .Ve
3499 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3500     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3501 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3502     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3503     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3504 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3505     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3506     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3507     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3508     of course.
3509 root 1.51 .PP
3510 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3511     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3512     .PP
3513 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3514 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3515     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3516     .PP
3517     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3518     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3519     fork.
3520     .PP
3521     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3522     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3523     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3524     .PP
3525     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3526     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3527     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3528     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3529     .PP
3530     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3531     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3532     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3533     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3534     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3535     signal watchers).
3536     .PP
3537     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3538     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3539 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3540     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3541     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3542     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3543     signal watchers.
3544 root 1.78 .PP
3545 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3546     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3547 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3548     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3549 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3550     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3551 root 1.82 really.
3552     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3553     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3554     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3555     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3556     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3557     .PP
3558     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3559     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3560     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3561     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3562     .PP
3563     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3564     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3565     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3566     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3567     .PP
3568     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3569     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3570     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3571     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3572     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3573     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3574     pointless, I assure you.
3575     .PP
3576     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3577     cleanup functions are called.
3578     .PP
3579     .Vb 5
3580     \& static void
3581     \& program_exits (void)
3582     \& {
3583     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3584     \& }
3585     \&
3586     \& ...
3587     \& atexit (program_exits);
3588     .Ve
3589     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3590     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3591     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3592 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3593 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3594     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3595     .PP
3596 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3597     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3598     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3599     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3600 root 1.61 .PP
3601     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3602     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3603     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3604 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3605 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3606     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3607     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3608 root 1.61 .PP
3609     \fIQueueing\fR
3610     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3611     .PP
3612     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3613     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3614     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3615 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3616     semantics.
3617 root 1.61 .PP
3618     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3619 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3620 root 1.61 queue:
3621     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3622     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3623     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3624 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3625     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3626 root 1.61 .Sp
3627     .Vb 1
3628     \& static ev_async mysig;
3629     \&
3630     \& static void
3631     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3632     \& {
3633     \& sometype data;
3634     \&
3635     \& // no locking etc.
3636     \& queue_put (data);
3637     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3638     \& }
3639     \&
3640     \& static void
3641     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3642     \& {
3643     \& sometype data;
3644     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3645     \&
3646     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3647     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3648     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3649     \&
3650     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3651     \& process (data);
3652     \&
3653     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3654     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3655     \& }
3656     .Ve
3657     .Sp
3658     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3659     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3660     either...).
3661     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3662     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3663     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3664     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3665     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3666     .Sp
3667     .Vb 2
3668     \& static ev_async mysig;
3669     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3670     \&
3671     \& static void
3672     \& otherthread (void)
3673     \& {
3674     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3675     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3676     \& queue_put (data);
3677     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3678     \&
3679     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3680     \& }
3681     \&
3682     \& static void
3683     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3684     \& {
3685     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3686     \&
3687     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3688     \& process (data);
3689     \&
3690     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3691     \& }
3692     .Ve
3693     .PP
3694     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3695     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3696     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3697     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3698     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3699 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3700 root 1.71 trust me.
3701 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3702     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3703     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3704 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3705     returns.
3706     .Sp
3707     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3708     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3709     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3710 root 1.61 .Sp
3711 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3712 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3713     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3714     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3715     .Sp
3716     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3717     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3718     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3719     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3720     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3721     zero) under load.
3722 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3723     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3724     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3725     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3726     event loop.
3727     .Sp
3728     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3729     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3730     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3731 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3732 root 1.63 .Sp
3733 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3734     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3735     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3736     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3737 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3738     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3739     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3740 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3741     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3742 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3743 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3744 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3745     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3746     more watchers yourself.
3747     .Sp
3748 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3749     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3750     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3751 root 1.1 .Sp
3752     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3753     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3754 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3755 root 1.1 .Sp
3756 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3757 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3758 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3759 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3760     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3761     events precedence.
3762     .Sp
3763 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3764 root 1.1 .Sp
3765     .Vb 7
3766 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3767     \& {
3768 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3769     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3770 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3771 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3772     \& }
3773 root 1.60 \&
3774 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3775 root 1.1 .Ve
3776 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3777     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3778 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3779 root 1.88 the given events.
3780 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3781     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3782 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3783     which is async-safe.
3784     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3785     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3786     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3787     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3788     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3789 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3790 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3791     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3792     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3793     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3794     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3795     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3796     data:
3797     .PP
3798     .Vb 7
3799     \& struct my_io
3800     \& {
3801     \& ev_io io;
3802     \& int otherfd;
3803     \& void *somedata;
3804     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3805     \& };
3806     \&
3807     \& ...
3808     \& struct my_io w;
3809     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3810     .Ve
3811     .PP
3812     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3813     can cast it back to your own type:
3814     .PP
3815     .Vb 5
3816     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3817     \& {
3818     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3819     \& ...
3820     \& }
3821     .Ve
3822     .PP
3823     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3824     function type instead have been omitted.
3825 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3826 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3827     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3828     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3829     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3830     .PP
3831     .Vb 6
3832     \& struct my_biggy
3833     \& {
3834     \& int some_data;
3835     \& ev_timer t1;
3836     \& ev_timer t2;
3837     \& }
3838     .Ve
3839     .PP
3840     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3841     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3842     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3843     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3844     real programmers):
3845     .PP
3846     .Vb 1
3847     \& #include <stddef.h>
3848     \&
3849     \& static void
3850     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3851     \& {
3852     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3853     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3854     \& }
3855     \&
3856     \& static void
3857     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3858     \& {
3859     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3860     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3861     \& }
3862     .Ve
3863 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3864 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3865     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3866     .PP
3867     .Vb 4
3868     \& callback ()
3869     \& {
3870     \& free (request);
3871     \& }
3872     \&
3873     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3874     .Ve
3875     .PP
3876     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3877     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3878     .PP
3879     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3880     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3881     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3882     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3883     .PP
3884     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3885     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3886     .PP
3887     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3888     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3889     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3890     already been invoked.
3891     .PP
3892     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3893     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3894     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3895 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3896     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3897     pushing it into the pending queue:
3898 root 1.88 .PP
3899     .Vb 2
3900     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3901     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3902     .Ve
3903     .PP
3904     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3905     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3906 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3907 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3908     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3909     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3910     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3911     .PP
3912     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3913     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3914     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3915     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3916 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3917 root 1.85 .PP
3918     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3919     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3920     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3921     .PP
3922     .Vb 2
3923     \& // main loop
3924     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3925     \&
3926     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3927     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3928     \&
3929 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3930 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3931     \&
3932     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3933     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3934     .Ve
3935     .PP
3936     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3937     .PP
3938     .Vb 2
3939     \& // exit modal loop
3940     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3941     \&
3942     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3943     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3944     \&
3945     \& // exit both
3946     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3947     .Ve
3948 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3949 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3950     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3951     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3952     created/added/removed.
3953     .PP
3954     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3955     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3956     languages).
3957     .PP
3958     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3959     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3960     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3961     .PP
3962     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3963     .PP
3964     .Vb 6
3965     \& typedef struct {
3966     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3967     \& ev_async async_w;
3968     \& thread_t tid;
3969     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3970     \& } userdata;
3971     \&
3972     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3973     \& {
3974     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3975     \& static userdata u;
3976     \&
3977     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3978     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3979     \&
3980     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3981     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3982     \&
3983     \& // now associate this with the loop
3984     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3985     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3986     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3987     \&
3988 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3989 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3990     \& }
3991     .Ve
3992     .PP
3993     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3994     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3995     that might have been added:
3996     .PP
3997     .Vb 5
3998     \& static void
3999     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
4000     \& {
4001     \& // just used for the side effects
4002     \& }
4003     .Ve
4004     .PP
4005     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4006     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4007     .PP
4008     .Vb 6
4009     \& static void
4010     \& l_release (EV_P)
4011     \& {
4012     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4013     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4014     \& }
4015     \&
4016     \& static void
4017     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4018     \& {
4019     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4020     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4021     \& }
4022     .Ve
4023     .PP
4024     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4025     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4026     .PP
4027     .Vb 4
4028     \& void *
4029     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4030     \& {
4031     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4032     \&
4033     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4034     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4035     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4036     \& l_release (EV_A);
4037     \&
4038     \& return 0;
4039     \& }
4040     .Ve
4041     .PP
4042     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4043     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4044     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4045     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4046     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4047     watchers is very beneficial):
4048     .PP
4049     .Vb 4
4050     \& static void
4051     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4052     \& {
4053     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4054     \&
4055     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4056     \& {
4057     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4058     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4059     \& }
4060     \& }
4061     .Ve
4062     .PP
4063     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4064     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4065     thread to continue:
4066     .PP
4067     .Vb 4
4068     \& static void
4069     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4070     \& {
4071     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4072     \&
4073     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4074     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4075     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4076     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4077     \& }
4078     .Ve
4079     .PP
4080     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4081     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4082     .PP
4083     .Vb 2
4084     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4085     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4086     \&
4087     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4088     \&
4089     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4090     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4091     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4092     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4093     .Ve
4094     .PP
4095     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4096     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4097     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4098     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4099 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4100 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4101     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4102     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4103     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4104     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4105     .PP
4106     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4107     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4108     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4109     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4110     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4111     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4112     .PP
4113     .Vb 2
4114     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4115     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4116     .Ve
4117     .PP
4118     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4119     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4120     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4121     .PP
4122     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4123     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4124     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4125     called):
4126     .PP
4127     .Vb 6
4128     \& void
4129     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4130     \& {
4131 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4132 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4133     \& }
4134     .Ve
4135     .PP
4136     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4137     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4138 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4139 root 1.85 .PP
4140     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4141     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4142     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4143     any waiters.
4144     .PP
4145 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4146 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4147     .PP
4148     .Vb 4
4149     \& // my_ev.h
4150     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4151 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4152 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4153     \&
4154     \& // my_ev.c
4155     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4156     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4157     .Ve
4158     .PP
4159     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4160     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4161     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4162 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4163     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4164     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4165     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4166 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4167 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4168     .Sp
4169     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4170     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4171     .IP "\(bu" 4
4172 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4173     .IP "\(bu" 4
4174     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4175     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4176     .IP "\(bu" 4
4177     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4178     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4179     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4180     .IP "\(bu" 4
4181     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4182     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4183     is an ev_pri field.
4184     .IP "\(bu" 4
4185 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4186 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4187 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4188 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4189     .IP "\(bu" 4
4190     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4191     to use the libev header file and library.
4192 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4193     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4194 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4195     .IX Subsection "C API"
4196     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4197     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4198     will work fine.
4199     .PP
4200     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4201 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4202     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4203     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4204     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4205     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4206 root 1.92 .PP
4207     .Vb 6
4208     \& static void
4209 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4210 root 1.92 \& {
4211     \& perror (msg);
4212     \& abort ();
4213     \& }
4214     \&
4215     \& ...
4216     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4217     .Ve
4218     .PP
4219     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4220 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4221 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4222     .PP
4223     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4224     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4225     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4226     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4227     .IX Subsection " API"
4228 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4229 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4230 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4231     .PP
4232     To use it,
4233     .PP
4234     .Vb 1
4235 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4236 root 1.13 .Ve
4237     .PP
4238 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4239     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4240     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4241     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4242     .PP
4243 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4244     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4245     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4246     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4247 root 1.41 .PP
4248 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4249     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4250     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4251     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4252     (preferably after implementing it).
4253 root 1.13 .PP
4254 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4255     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4256     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4257     .PP
4258 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4259 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4260 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4261     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4262     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4263     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4264 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4265 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4266     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4267     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4268 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4269 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4270     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4271     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4272     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4273     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4274 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4275 root 1.13 .Sp
4276     All of those classes have these methods:
4277     .RS 4
4278 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4279     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4280 root 1.13 .PD 0
4281 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4282     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4283 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4284     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4285     .PD
4286 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4287     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4288     .Sp
4289     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4290     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4291     .Sp
4292     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4293     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4294     .Sp
4295     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4296     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4297 root 1.13 .Sp
4298     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4299 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4300     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4301     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4302     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4303     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4304     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4305     .Sp
4306     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4307     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4308     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4309     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4310     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4311     .Sp
4312     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4313     .Sp
4314     .Vb 4
4315 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4316     \& {
4317     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4318     \& }
4319     \&
4320     \& myclass obj;
4321     \& ev::io iow;
4322     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4323 root 1.41 .Ve
4324 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4325     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4326     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4327     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4328     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4329     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4330     list.
4331     .Sp
4332     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4333     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4334     .Sp
4335     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4336     .Sp
4337     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4338     .Sp
4339     .Vb 7
4340     \& struct myfunctor
4341     \& {
4342     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4343     \& {
4344     \& ...
4345     \& }
4346     \& }
4347 root 1.102 \&
4348 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4349     \&
4350     \& ev::io w;
4351     \& w.set (&f);
4352     .Ve
4353 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4354     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4355 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4356     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4357     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4358     .Sp
4359 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4360     .Sp
4361 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4362 root 1.43 .Sp
4363 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4364 root 1.43 .Sp
4365     .Vb 2
4366 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4367     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4368 root 1.43 .Ve
4369 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4370     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4371 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4372     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4373 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4374     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4375 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4376     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4377     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4378     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4379     method.
4380     .Sp
4381     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4382     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4383 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4384     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4385 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4386     constructor already stores the event loop.
4387 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4388     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4389     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4390     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4391     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4392 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4393     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4394     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4395 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4396 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4397     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4398 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4399     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4400 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4401     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4402     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4403 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4404 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4405     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4406     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4407 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4408 root 1.13 .RE
4409     .RS 4
4410     .RE
4411     .PP
4412 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4413     watchers in the constructor.
4414 root 1.13 .PP
4415 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4416 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4417     \& {
4418 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4419 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4420 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4421 root 1.68 \&
4422     \& myclass (int fd)
4423     \& {
4424     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4425 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4426 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4427     \&
4428 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4429     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4430     \&
4431     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4432 root 1.68 \& }
4433     \& };
4434 root 1.13 .Ve
4435 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4436     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4437     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4438 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4439 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4440     me a note.
4441     .IP "Perl" 4
4442     .IX Item "Perl"
4443     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4444     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4445     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4446 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4447     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4448     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4449 root 1.62 .Sp
4450 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4451 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4452 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4453     .IX Item "Python"
4454     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4455 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4456 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4457     .IX Item "Ruby"
4458     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4459 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4460 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4461     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4462 root 1.75 .Sp
4463     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4464     makes rev work even on mingw.
4465 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4466     .IX Item "Haskell"
4467     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4468 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4469 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4470     .IX Item "D"
4471     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4472 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4473 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4474     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4475     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4476 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4477 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4478     .IX Item "Lua"
4479 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4480     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4481 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4482 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4483     .IX Item "Javascript"
4484     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4485     .IP "Others" 4
4486     .IX Item "Others"
4487     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4488 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4489     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4490 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4491 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4492     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4493 root 1.24 .PP
4494     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4495     following macros are defined:
4496 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4497 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4498     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4499     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4500     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4501     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4502     .Sp
4503     .Vb 3
4504 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4505     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4506 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4507 root 1.24 .Ve
4508     .Sp
4509     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4510     which is often provided by the following macro.
4511 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4512 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4513     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4514     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4515     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4516     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4517     .Sp
4518     .Vb 2
4519 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4520     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4521 root 1.60 \&
4522 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4523     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4524 root 1.24 .Ve
4525     .Sp
4526     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4527     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4528 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4529 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4530     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4531     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4532 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4533     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4534     .Sp
4535     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4536     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4537 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4538 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4539     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4540     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4541     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4542     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4543     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4544     .Sp
4545     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4546     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4547 root 1.24 .PP
4548 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4549 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4550 root 1.36 or not.
4551 root 1.24 .PP
4552     .Vb 5
4553 root 1.68 \& static void
4554     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4555     \& {
4556     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4557     \& }
4558     \&
4559     \& ev_check check;
4560     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4561     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4562 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4563 root 1.24 .Ve
4564 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4565     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4566     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4567     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4568     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4569 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4570 root 1.14 .PP
4571 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4572 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4573     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4574     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4575 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4576 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4577     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4578 root 1.68 in your application.
4579 root 1.14 .PP
4580 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4581 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4582     .PP
4583     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4584     configuration (no autoconf):
4585     .PP
4586     .Vb 2
4587 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4588     \& #include "ev.c"
4589 root 1.14 .Ve
4590     .PP
4591     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4592     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4593 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4594 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4595     where you can put other configuration options):
4596     .PP
4597     .Vb 2
4598 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4599     \& #include "ev.h"
4600 root 1.14 .Ve
4601     .PP
4602     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4603 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4604 root 1.14 as a bug).
4605     .PP
4606     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4607     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4608     .PP
4609     .Vb 4
4610 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4611     \& ev.c
4612     \& ev_vars.h
4613     \& ev_wrap.h
4614     \&
4615     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4616     \&
4617 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4618     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4619     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4620 root 1.111 \& ev_linuxaio.c only when the linux aio backend is enabled
4621 root 1.107 \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4622     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4623 root 1.14 .Ve
4624     .PP
4625     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4626 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4627 root 1.14 .PP
4628 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4629 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4630     .PP
4631 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4632 root 1.14 .PP
4633     .Vb 1
4634 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4635 root 1.14 .Ve
4636     .PP
4637     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4638     .PP
4639     .Vb 1
4640 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4641 root 1.14 .Ve
4642     .PP
4643 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4644 root 1.14 .PP
4645     You need the following additional files for this:
4646     .PP
4647     .Vb 2
4648 root 1.68 \& event.h
4649     \& event.c
4650 root 1.14 .Ve
4651     .PP
4652 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4653 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4654     .PP
4655 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4656 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4657 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4658     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4659 root 1.14 .PP
4660     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4661     .PP
4662     .Vb 1
4663 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4664 root 1.14 .Ve
4665 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4666 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4667 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4668 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4669     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4670     .PP
4671 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4672 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4673     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4674 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4675 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4676     settings.
4677 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4678 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4679     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4680     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4681     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4682     .Sp
4683     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4684     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4685     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4686     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4687     typedef in that case.
4688     .Sp
4689     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4690     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4691     removed completely.
4692 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4693 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4694 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4695     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4696     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4697     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4698     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4699 root 1.75 .Sp
4700 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4701 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4702 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4703     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4704     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4705     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4706     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4707     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4708     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4709     this.
4710 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4711     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4712     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4713 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4714     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4715     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4716     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4717 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4718 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4719 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4720     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4721     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4722 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4723     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4724     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4725     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4726     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4727     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4728     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4729 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4730     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4731     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4732     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4733     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4734     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4735     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4736     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4737     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4738     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4739 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4740     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4741     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4742     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4743 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4744     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4745     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4746     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4747     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4748     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4749     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4750 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4751     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4752     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4753 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4754 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4755     will not be compiled in.
4756     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4757     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4758     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4759     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4760 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4761     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4762     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4763     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4764     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4765 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4766     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4767     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4768     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4769     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4770     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4771     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4772     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4773     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4774 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4775     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4776 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4777     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4778     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4779     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4780     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4781 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4782     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4783     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4784     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4785     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4786     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4787     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4788     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4789     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4790     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4791     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4792     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4793 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4794     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4795     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4796     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4797     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4798 root 1.95 environments.
4799 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4800     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4801     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4802     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4803     takes precedence over select.
4804     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4805     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4806     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4807     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4808 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4809     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4810     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4811 root 1.111 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_LINUXAIO\s0" 4
4812     .IX Item "EV_USE_LINUXAIO"
4813     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4814     aio backend. Due to it's currenbt limitations it has to be requested
4815     explicitly. If undefined, it will be enabled on linux, otherwise
4816     disabled.
4817 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4818     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4819     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4820     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4821     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4822     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4823     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4824     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4825     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4826 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4827 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4828     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4829     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4830     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4831     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4832     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4833     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4834     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4835     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4836 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4837 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4838     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4839     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4840     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4841 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4842     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4843 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4844     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4845     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4846     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4847     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4848     and makes libev faster.
4849     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4850     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4851 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4852     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4853     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4854     libev faster.
4855 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4856     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4857     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4858 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4859     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4860     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4861     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4862     watchers.
4863 root 1.61 .Sp
4864 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4865 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4866 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4867 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4868 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4869 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4870     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4871 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4872 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4873 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4874     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4875     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4876 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4877 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4878 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4879 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4880 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4881 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4882 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4883     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4884     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4885     around libev functions.
4886     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4887     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4888     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4889     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4890     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4891     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4892     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4893 root 1.88 .Sp
4894     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4895     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4896     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4897 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4898     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4899     .PD 0
4900     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4901     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4902     .PD
4903     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4904     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4905     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4906     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4907     .Sp
4908     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4909     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4910     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4911     fine.
4912     .Sp
4913 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4914 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4915     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4916 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4917     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4918     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4919     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4920     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4921     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4922 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4923 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4924     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4925     that can be enabled on the platform.
4926     .Sp
4927     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4928     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4929     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4930     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4931     backend, use this:
4932     .Sp
4933     .Vb 5
4934     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4935     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4936     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4937     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4938     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4939     .Ve
4940     .Sp
4941     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4942 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4943 root 1.82 .RS 4
4944     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4945     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4946     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4947     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4948     .Sp
4949     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4950     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4951     .Sp
4952     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4953     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4954     assertions.
4955 root 1.91 .Sp
4956     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4957     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4958 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4959     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4960     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4961     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4962     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4963     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4964     runtime.
4965 root 1.91 .Sp
4966     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4967     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4968 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4969     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4970     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4971     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4972     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4973     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4974     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4975     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4976     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4977     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4978     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4979     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4980     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4981     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4982     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4983     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4984     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4985     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4986     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4987     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4988     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4989     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4990     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4991     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4992     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4993     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4994     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4995     default.
4996     .RE
4997     .RS 4
4998     .Sp
4999     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
5000     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
5001     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
5002     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
5003     .Sp
5004     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
5005     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
5006     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
5007     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
5008     .RE
5009 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
5010     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
5011     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
5012     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
5013     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
5014     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
5015     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
5016     .Sp
5017     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
5018     wants to use libev.
5019     .Sp
5020     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
5021     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
5022 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
5023     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
5024     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
5025     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
5026     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
5027     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
5028     big.
5029     .Sp
5030     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
5031     enabled.
5032 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
5033     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
5034     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
5035     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
5036     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
5037     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
5038 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
5039 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
5040 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5041     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
5042     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5043 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
5044     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
5045     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
5046 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5047     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
5048 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5049 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
5050     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
5051     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
5052     power of two).
5053 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
5054     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5055     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5056 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5057     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5058     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5059 root 1.65 .Sp
5060 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5061     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5062 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5063     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5064     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5065 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5066 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5067     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5068 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5069 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5070 root 1.65 .Sp
5071 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5072     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5073 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5074     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5075 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5076 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5077     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5078     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5079     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5080     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5081     libev considerably.
5082     .Sp
5083 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5084     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5085 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5086     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5087     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5088 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5089 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5090     though, and it must be identical each time.
5091     .Sp
5092     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5093     .Sp
5094     .Vb 3
5095 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5096     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5097     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5098 root 1.14 .Ve
5099 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5100 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5101 root 1.14 .PD 0
5102 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5103 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5104     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5105     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5106 root 1.14 .PD
5107     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5108     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5109 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5110 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5111 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5112     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5113 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5114 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5115 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5116 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5117     all public symbols, one per line:
5118 root 1.60 .PP
5119 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5120 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5121     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5122 root 1.53 .Ve
5123 root 1.60 .PP
5124 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5125     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5126 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5127 root 1.60 .PP
5128 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5129 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5130 root 1.60 .PP
5131 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5132 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5133 root 1.53 .Ve
5134 root 1.60 .PP
5135 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5136 root 1.60 .PP
5137 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5138     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5139     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5140     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5141     \& ...
5142     .Ve
5143 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5144 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5145     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5146     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5147     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5148     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5149     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5150     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5151     file.
5152 root 1.60 .PP
5153 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5154 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5155 root 1.60 .PP
5156 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5157     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5158     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5159     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5160     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5161     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5162     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5163     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5164 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5165 root 1.60 \&
5166 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5167 root 1.14 .Ve
5168 root 1.60 .PP
5169 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5170 root 1.60 .PP
5171 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5172 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5173     \& #include "ev.c"
5174 root 1.14 .Ve
5175 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5176     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5177 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5178 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5179     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5180 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5181 root 1.72 .PP
5182 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5183 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5184     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5185     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5186     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5187     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5188 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5189     .PP
5190     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5191     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5192     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5193     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5194     a mutex per loop).
5195     .PP
5196     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5197     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5198     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5199     outside\*(R".
5200 root 1.64 .PP
5201 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5202     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5203 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5204 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5205     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5206 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5207 root 1.64 .Sp
5208     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5209     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5210     .IP "\(bu" 4
5211     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5212     .Sp
5213     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5214     exists, but it is always a good start.
5215     .IP "\(bu" 4
5216     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5217 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5218 root 1.64 .Sp
5219 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5220 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5221     .IP "\(bu" 4
5222     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5223 root 1.71 event loop.
5224     .Sp
5225     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5226     (or from signal contexts...).
5227     .Sp
5228     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5229     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5230     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5231     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5232 root 1.72 .PP
5233 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5234 root 1.79 .PP
5235 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5236 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5237 root 1.72 .PP
5238     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5239     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5240 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5241 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5242     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5243     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5244 root 1.64 .PP
5245 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5246 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5247 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5248 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5249 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5250     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5251     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5252     scared by this.
5253     .PP
5254     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5255     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5256     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5257     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5258     .PP
5259     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5260     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5261     maintainable.
5262     .PP
5263     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5264     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5265     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5266 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5267 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5268     such buggy versions.
5269     .PP
5270     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5271     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5272     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5273     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5274     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5275 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5276 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5277     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5278     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5279     .PP
5280     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5281     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5282     .PP
5283     .Vb 3
5284     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5285     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5286     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5287     .Ve
5288     .PP
5289     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5290 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5291 root 1.72 .PP
5292     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5293     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5294     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5295     confused.
5296     .PP
5297     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5298     make it into some kind of religion.
5299     .PP
5300     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5301     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5302     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5303     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5304     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5305 root 1.60 .PP
5306 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5307     I suggest using suppression lists.
5308     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5309     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5310 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5311 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5312     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5313     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5314     .PP
5315     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5316     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5317     .PP
5318     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5319 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5320 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5321     .PP
5322     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5323     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5324     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5325 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5326 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5327     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5328     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5329     OpenGL drivers.
5330     .PP
5331     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5332     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5333     .PP
5334     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5335     only sockets, many support pipes.
5336     .PP
5337     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5338     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5339     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5340     probably going to work well.
5341     .PP
5342     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5343     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5344     .PP
5345     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5346     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5347     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5348     .PP
5349     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5350     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5351     a loop.
5352     .PP
5353     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5354     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5355     .PP
5356     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5357 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5358 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5359     you use more.
5360     .PP
5361     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5362     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5363 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5364     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5365 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5366     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5367     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5368     .PP
5369     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5370     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5371     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5372     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5373     .PP
5374     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5375     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5376     .PP
5377     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5378     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5379     .PP
5380     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5381     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5382     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5383     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5384     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5385     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5386     great.
5387     .PP
5388     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5389     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5390     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5391 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5392 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5393     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5394     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5395     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5396 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5397     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5398 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5399 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5400     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5401     .PP
5402 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5403     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5404     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5405     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5406     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5407 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5408 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5409 root 1.82 environment.
5410 root 1.60 .PP
5411 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5412 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5413     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5414     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5415 root 1.65 .PP
5416 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5417     embedding it into other applications.
5418     .PP
5419 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5420     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5421     .PP
5422 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5423     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5424     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5425     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5426 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5427 root 1.68 available).
5428     .PP
5429 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5430     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5431     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5432     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5433 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5434 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5435 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5436 root 1.68 .PP
5437     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5438     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5439     of \fIev.h\fR:
5440     .PP
5441     .Vb 2
5442     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5443     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5444     \&
5445     \& #include "ev.h"
5446     .Ve
5447     .PP
5448     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5449 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5450 root 1.68 .PP
5451     .Vb 2
5452     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5453     \& #include "ev.c"
5454     .Ve
5455 root 1.82 .PP
5456     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5457     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5458     .PP
5459 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5460     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5461     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5462 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5463     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5464 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5465     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5466 root 1.82 .PP
5467 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5468 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5469 root 1.82 .PP
5470 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5471 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5472     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5473 root 1.60 .Ve
5474 root 1.82 .PP
5475 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5476 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5477 root 1.82 .PP
5478     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5479     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5480     .PP
5481 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5482 root 1.82 .PP
5483 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5484     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5485 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5486 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5487 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5488 root 1.82 .PP
5489 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5490     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5491 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5492     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5493 root 1.82 .PP
5494 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5495 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5496     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5497     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5498     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5499     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5500     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5501     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5502 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5503     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5504 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5505     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5506     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5507 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5508 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5509     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5510     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5511 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5512 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5513     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5514     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5515 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5516     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5517     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5518     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5519 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5520     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5521     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5522     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5523 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5524     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5525     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5526     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5527 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5528 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5529     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5530     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5531     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5532     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5533     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5534     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5535     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5536     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5537     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5538     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5539     .Sp
5540     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5541 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5542     thread as well.
5543 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5544     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5545     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5546 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5547 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5548     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5549     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5550     watchers.
5551 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5552     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5553     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5554     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5555 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5556     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5557     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5558 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5559 root 1.88 .Sp
5560 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5561 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5562     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5563     something like that, just kidding).
5564 root 1.65 .PP
5565     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5566 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5567     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5568     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5569     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5570     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5571 root 1.67 .PP
5572 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5573     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5574     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5575     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5576     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5577     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5578     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5579     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5580     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5581     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5582     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5583     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5584     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5585     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5586     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5587     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5588     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5589     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5590     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5591     .PD 0
5592     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5593     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5594     .PD
5595     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5596     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5597     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5598     is rare).
5599     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5600     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5601     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5602     fixed position in the storage array.
5603     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5604     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5605     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5606     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5607     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5608     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5609     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5610     .PD 0
5611     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5612     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5613     .PD
5614     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5615     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5616     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5617     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5618     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5619     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5620     .PD 0
5621     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5622     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5623     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5624     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5625     .PD
5626     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5627 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5628     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5629     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5630 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5631     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5632 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5633 root 1.82 .PP
5634     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5635     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5636     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5637     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5638     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5639     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5640     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5641     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5642 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5643 root 1.82 section.
5644     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5645     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5646     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5647     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5648     .Sp
5649     .Vb 2
5650     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5651     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5652     .Ve
5653     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5654     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5655     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5656     .Sp
5657     .Vb 3
5658     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5659     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5660     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5661     \&
5662     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5663     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5664     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5665     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5666     \&
5667     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5668     \&
5669     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5670     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5671     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5672     .Ve
5673     .Sp
5674     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5675     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5676     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5677     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5678     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5679     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5680     typedef.
5681     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5682     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5683     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5684     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5685     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5686     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5687 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5688     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5689     .IP "active" 4
5690     .IX Item "active"
5691 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5692 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5693 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5694     .IX Item "application"
5695     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5696 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5697     .IX Item "backend"
5698     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5699 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5700     .IX Item "callback"
5701     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5702     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5703     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5704 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5705     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5706 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5707     .IP "event" 4
5708     .IX Item "event"
5709     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5710     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5711     any other events happening anymore.
5712     .Sp
5713     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5714 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5715 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5716     .IX Item "event library"
5717     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5718     .IP "event loop" 4
5719     .IX Item "event loop"
5720     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5721     into callback invocations.
5722     .IP "event model" 4
5723     .IX Item "event model"
5724     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5725     watchers and events.
5726     .IP "pending" 4
5727     .IX Item "pending"
5728 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5729 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5730 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5731     .IX Item "real time"
5732     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5733     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5734     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5735     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5736 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5737 root 1.78 clock.
5738     .IP "watcher" 4
5739     .IX Item "watcher"
5740     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5741     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5742 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5743     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5744 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5745 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.